This site uses cookies to deliver our services and to show you relevant ads and presentations. By clicking on "Accept", you acknowledge that you have read and understand our Cookie Policy , Privacy Policy , and our Terms of Use.
X

Download The Biology of Mind PowerPoint Presentation


Login   OR  Register
X


Iframe embed code :



Presentation url :

X

Description :

View and free download The Biology of Mind powerpoint presentation which is uploaded by search an active user in belonging ppt presentation Forest & Animals category.

Tags :

The Biology of Mind

Home / Forest & Animals / Forest & Animals Presentations / The Biology of Mind PowerPoint Presentation

The Biology of Mind PowerPoint Presentation

Ppt Presentation Embed Code   Zoom Ppt Presentation

About This Presentation


Description : View and free download The Biology of Mind powerpoint presentation which is uploaded by search an ac... Read More

Tags : The Biology of Mind

Published on : Feb 10, 2014
Views : 619 | Downloads : 1


Download Now

Share on Social Media

             

PowerPoint is the world's most popular presentation software which can let you create professional The Biology of Mind powerpoint presentation easily and in no time. This helps you give your presentation on The Biology of Mind in a conference, a school lecture, a business proposal, in a webinar and business and professional representations.

The uploader spent his/her valuable time to create this The Biology of Mind powerpoint presentation slides, to share his/her useful content with the world. This ppt presentation uploaded by onlinesearch in this Forest & Animals category is available for free download,and can be used according to your industries like finance, marketing, education, health and many more.

SlidesFinder.com provides a platform to marketers, presenters and educationists along with being the preferred search engine for professional PowerPoint presentations on the Internet to upload their The Biology of Mind ppt presentation slides to help them BUILD THEIR CROWD!!

User Presentation
Related Presentation
Free PowerPoint Templates
Slide 1 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1
Slide 2 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2
Slide 3 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3
Slide 4 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4
Slide 5 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5
Slide 6 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6
Slide 7 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7
Slide 8 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8
Slide 9 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9
Slide 10 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10
Slide 11 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11
Slide 12 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12
Slide 13 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13
Slide 14 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14
Slide 15 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15
Slide 16 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16
Slide 17 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17
Slide 18 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18
Slide 19 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones.
Slide 20 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20
Slide 21 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21
Slide 22 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22
Slide 23 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23
Slide 24 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue)
Slide 25 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25
Slide 26 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26
Slide 27 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task.
Slide 28 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI
Slide 29 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29
Slide 30 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla
Slide 31 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31
Slide 32 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32
Slide 33 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33
Slide 34 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34
Slide 35 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35
Slide 36 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36
Slide 37 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37
Slide 38 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38
Slide 39 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas
Slide 40 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40
Slide 41 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41
Slide 42 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42
Slide 43 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43
Slide 44 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44
Slide 45 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45
Slide 46 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46
Slide 47 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47
Slide 48 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48
Slide 49 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48 Specialization and Integration Five steps in reading a word aloud: 49
Slide 50 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48 Specialization and Integration Five steps in reading a word aloud: 49 This 6-year-old had a hemispherectomy to end life-threatening seizures; her remaining hemisphere compensated for the damage. Plasticity: The Brain is Flexible If the brain is damaged, especially in the general association areas of the cortex: the brain does not repair damaged neurons, BUT it can restore some functions it can form new connections, reassign existing networks, and insert new neurons, some grown from stem cells 50
Slide 51 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48 Specialization and Integration Five steps in reading a word aloud: 49 This 6-year-old had a hemispherectomy to end life-threatening seizures; her remaining hemisphere compensated for the damage. Plasticity: The Brain is Flexible If the brain is damaged, especially in the general association areas of the cortex: the brain does not repair damaged neurons, BUT it can restore some functions it can form new connections, reassign existing networks, and insert new neurons, some grown from stem cells 50 Our Two Hemispheres Lateralization (“going to one side”) The two hemispheres serve some different functions. How do we know about these differences? Brain damage studies revealed many functions of the left hemisphere. Brain scans and split brain studies show more about the functions of the two hemispheres, and how they coordinate with each other. 51
Slide 52 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48 Specialization and Integration Five steps in reading a word aloud: 49 This 6-year-old had a hemispherectomy to end life-threatening seizures; her remaining hemisphere compensated for the damage. Plasticity: The Brain is Flexible If the brain is damaged, especially in the general association areas of the cortex: the brain does not repair damaged neurons, BUT it can restore some functions it can form new connections, reassign existing networks, and insert new neurons, some grown from stem cells 50 Our Two Hemispheres Lateralization (“going to one side”) The two hemispheres serve some different functions. How do we know about these differences? Brain damage studies revealed many functions of the left hemisphere. Brain scans and split brain studies show more about the functions of the two hemispheres, and how they coordinate with each other. 51 Thoughts and logic Details such as “trees” Language: words and definitions Linear and literal Calculation Pieces and details Feelings and intuition Big picture such as “forest” Language: tone, inflection, context Inferences and associations Perception Wholes, including the self The intact but lateralized brainRight-Left Hemisphere Differences Left Hemisphere Right Hemisphere 52
Slide 53 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48 Specialization and Integration Five steps in reading a word aloud: 49 This 6-year-old had a hemispherectomy to end life-threatening seizures; her remaining hemisphere compensated for the damage. Plasticity: The Brain is Flexible If the brain is damaged, especially in the general association areas of the cortex: the brain does not repair damaged neurons, BUT it can restore some functions it can form new connections, reassign existing networks, and insert new neurons, some grown from stem cells 50 Our Two Hemispheres Lateralization (“going to one side”) The two hemispheres serve some different functions. How do we know about these differences? Brain damage studies revealed many functions of the left hemisphere. Brain scans and split brain studies show more about the functions of the two hemispheres, and how they coordinate with each other. 51 Thoughts and logic Details such as “trees” Language: words and definitions Linear and literal Calculation Pieces and details Feelings and intuition Big picture such as “forest” Language: tone, inflection, context Inferences and associations Perception Wholes, including the self The intact but lateralized brainRight-Left Hemisphere Differences Left Hemisphere Right Hemisphere 52 Brain Studies Researchers have studied the impact of this surgery on patients’ functioning. Split- To end severe whole-brain seizures, some people have had surgery to cut the corpus callosum, a band of axons connecting the hemispheres. 53
Slide 54 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48 Specialization and Integration Five steps in reading a word aloud: 49 This 6-year-old had a hemispherectomy to end life-threatening seizures; her remaining hemisphere compensated for the damage. Plasticity: The Brain is Flexible If the brain is damaged, especially in the general association areas of the cortex: the brain does not repair damaged neurons, BUT it can restore some functions it can form new connections, reassign existing networks, and insert new neurons, some grown from stem cells 50 Our Two Hemispheres Lateralization (“going to one side”) The two hemispheres serve some different functions. How do we know about these differences? Brain damage studies revealed many functions of the left hemisphere. Brain scans and split brain studies show more about the functions of the two hemispheres, and how they coordinate with each other. 51 Thoughts and logic Details such as “trees” Language: words and definitions Linear and literal Calculation Pieces and details Feelings and intuition Big picture such as “forest” Language: tone, inflection, context Inferences and associations Perception Wholes, including the self The intact but lateralized brainRight-Left Hemisphere Differences Left Hemisphere Right Hemisphere 52 Brain Studies Researchers have studied the impact of this surgery on patients’ functioning. Split- To end severe whole-brain seizures, some people have had surgery to cut the corpus callosum, a band of axons connecting the hemispheres. 53 Split visual field Each hemisphere does not perceive what each EYE sees. Instead, it perceives the half of the view in front of you that goes with the half of the body that is controlled by that hemisphere. 54
Slide 55 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48 Specialization and Integration Five steps in reading a word aloud: 49 This 6-year-old had a hemispherectomy to end life-threatening seizures; her remaining hemisphere compensated for the damage. Plasticity: The Brain is Flexible If the brain is damaged, especially in the general association areas of the cortex: the brain does not repair damaged neurons, BUT it can restore some functions it can form new connections, reassign existing networks, and insert new neurons, some grown from stem cells 50 Our Two Hemispheres Lateralization (“going to one side”) The two hemispheres serve some different functions. How do we know about these differences? Brain damage studies revealed many functions of the left hemisphere. Brain scans and split brain studies show more about the functions of the two hemispheres, and how they coordinate with each other. 51 Thoughts and logic Details such as “trees” Language: words and definitions Linear and literal Calculation Pieces and details Feelings and intuition Big picture such as “forest” Language: tone, inflection, context Inferences and associations Perception Wholes, including the self The intact but lateralized brainRight-Left Hemisphere Differences Left Hemisphere Right Hemisphere 52 Brain Studies Researchers have studied the impact of this surgery on patients’ functioning. Split- To end severe whole-brain seizures, some people have had surgery to cut the corpus callosum, a band of axons connecting the hemispheres. 53 Split visual field Each hemisphere does not perceive what each EYE sees. Instead, it perceives the half of the view in front of you that goes with the half of the body that is controlled by that hemisphere. 54 55 Divided Awareness in the Split Brain Try to explain the following result:
Slide 56 - PowerPoint® Presentation by Jim Foley © 2013 Worth Publishers Chapter 2 The Biology of Mind 1 Surveying the Chapter: OverviewWhat We Have in Mind Building blocks of the mind: neurons and how they communicate (neurotransmitters) Systems that build the mind: functions of the parts of the nervous system Supporting player: the slower-communicating endocrine system (hormones) Star of the show: the brain and its structures 2 Searching for the self by studying the bodyPhrenology Phrenology yielded one big idea--that the brain might have different areas that do different things (localization of function). Phrenology (developed by Franz Gall in the early 1800’s): the study of bumps on the skull and their relationship to mental abilities and character traits 3 Biological psychology includes neuroscience, behavior genetics, neuropsychology, and evolutionary psychology. All of these subspecialties explore different aspects of: how the nature of mind and behavior is rooted in our biological heritage. Our study of the biology of the mind begins with the “atoms” of the mind: neurons. Today’s search for the biology of the self: biological psychology 4 Neurons and Neuronal Communication:The Structure of a Neuron There are billions of neurons (nerve cells) throughout the body. 5 Action potential:a neural impulse that travels down an axon like a wave Just as “the wave” can flow to the right in a stadium even though the people only move up and down, a wave moves down an axon although it is only made up of ion exchanges moving in and out. 6 The neuron receives signals from other neurons; some are telling it to fire and some are telling it not to fire. When the threshold is reached, the action potential starts moving. Like a gun, it either fires or it doesn’t; more stimulation does nothing. This is known as the “all-or-none” response. The action potential travels down the axon from the cell body to the terminal branches. The signal is transmitted to another cell. However, the message must find a way to cross a gap between cells. This gap is also called the synapse. How neurons communicate(with each other): When does the cell send the action potential?... when it reaches a threshold The threshold is reached when excitatory (“Fire!”) signals outweigh the inhibitory (“Don’t fire!”) signals by a certain amount. 7 The synapse is also known as the “synaptic junction” or “synaptic gap.” The Synapse The synapse is a junction between the axon tip of the sending neuron and the dendrite or cell body of the receiving neuron. 8 Neurotransmitters Neurotransmitters are chemicals used to send a signal across the synaptic gap. 9 Reuptake: Recycling Neurotransmitters [NTs] Reuptake: After the neurotransmitters stimulate the receptors on the receiving neuron, the chemicals are taken back up into the sending neuron to be used again. 10 Seeing all the Steps Together Neural Communication: 11 Roles of Different Neurotransmitters 12 Serotonin pathways Networks of neurons that communicate with serotonin help regulate mood. Networks of neurons that communicate with dopamine are involved in focusing attention and controlling movement. Dopamine pathways 13 Hearing the messageHow Neurotransmitters Activate Receptors When the key fits, the site is opened. 14 Keys that almost fit:Agonist and Antagonist Molecules An antagonist molecule fills the lock so that the neurotransmitter cannot get in and activate the receptor site. An agonist molecule fills the receptor site and activates it, acting like the neurotransmitter. 15 The Inner and Outer Parts of the Nervous System The central nervous system [CNS] consists of the brain and spinal cord. The CNS makes decisions for the body. The peripheral nervous system [PNS] consists of ‘the rest’ of the nervous system. The PNS gathers and sends information to and from the rest of the body. 16 More Parts of the Nervous System 17 The AutonomicNervous System: The sympathetic NS arouses(fight-or-flight)The parasympathetic NS calms(rest and digest) 18 The Body’s “Slow but Sure” Endocrine Message System The endocrine system sends molecules as messages, just like the nervous system, but it sends them through the bloodstream instead of across synapses. These molecules, called hormones, are produced in various glands around the body. The messages go to the brain and other tissues. 19 The endocrine system refers to a set of glands that produce chemical messengers called hormones. The sympathetic “fight or flight” nervous system responds to stress by sending a message to adrenal glands to release the hormones listed above. Effect: increased heart rate, blood pressure, and blood sugar. These provide ENERGY for the fight or flight! Adrenal Glands produce hormones such as adrenaline/epinephrine, noradrenaline/norepinephrine, and cortisol. Pancreas Adrenal Glands 20 The Pituitary Gland The pituitary gland is the “master gland” of the endocrine system. It is controlled through the nervous system by the nearby brain area--the hypothalamus. The pituitary gland produces hormones that regulate other glands such as the thyroid. It also produces growth hormone (especially during sleep) and oxytocin, the “bonding” hormone. Pituitary gland 21 Investigating the Brain and Mind: How did we move beyond phrenology and get inside the skull and under the “bumps”? by finding what happens when part of the brain is damaged or otherwise unable to work properly by looking at the structure and activity of the brain: CAT, MRI, fMRI, and PET scans Strategies for finding out what is different about the mind when part of the brain isn’t working normally: case studies of accidents (e.g. Phineas Gage) case studies of split-brain patients (corpus callosum cut to stop seizures) lesioning brain parts in animals to find out what happens chemically numbing, magnetically deactivating, or electrically stimulating parts of the brain 22 Studying cases of brain damage When a stroke or injury damages part of the brain, we have a chance to see the impact on the mind. 23 24 Intentional brain damage: performed on animals has yielded some insights, especially about less complex brain structures no longer necessary, as we now can chemically or magnetically deactivate brain areas to get similar information Lesions (surgical destruction of brain tissue) Split-Brain Patients “Split” = surgery in which the connection between the brain hemispheres is cut in order to end severe full-brain seizures Study of split-brain patients has yielded insights discussed at the end of the chapter 25 We can stimulate parts of the brain to see what happens Parts of the brain, and even neurons, can be stimulated electrically, chemically, or magnetically. This can result in behaviors such as giggling, head turning, or simulated vivid recall. Researchers can see which neurons or neural networks fire in conjunction with certain mental experiences, and even specific concepts. 26 27 An EEG (electroencephalogram) is a recording of the electrical waves sweeping across the brain’s surface. It is useful in studying seizures and sleep. EEG: electroencephalogram PET: positron emission tomography The PET scan allows us to see what part of the brain is active by tracing where a radioactive form of glucose goes while the brain performs a given task. 28 MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) makes images from signals produced by brain tissue after magnets align the spin of atoms. The arrows below show ventricular enlargement in a schizophrenic patient (right). MRI: magnetic resonance imaging Functional MRI reveals brain activity and function rather than structures. Functional MRI compares successive MRI images taken a split second apart, and shows changes in the level of oxygen in bloodflow in the brain. fMRI: functional MRI Areas of the brain and their functions 29 The medulla controls the most basic functions such as heartbeat and breathing. Someone with total brain damage above the medulla could still breathe independently, but someone with damage in this area could not. The pons helps coordinate automatic and unconscious movements. 30 The Brainstem: Pons and Medulla The Thalamus (“Inner Chamber”) The thalamus is the “sensory switchboard” or “router.” All sensory messages, except smell, are routed through the thalamus on the way to the cortex (higher, outer brain). The thalamus also sends messages from the cortex to the medulla and cerebellum. 31 Reticular (“Netlike”) Formation The reticular formation is a nerve network in the brainstem. It enables alertness, (arousal) from coma to wide awake (as demonstrated in the cat experiments). It also filters incoming sensory information. 32 The cerebellum helps coordinate voluntary movement such as playing a sport. Cerebellum (“little brain”) The cerebellum has many other functions, including enabling nonverbal learning and memory. 33 emotions such as fear and aggression. basic drives such as hunger and sex. the formation of episodic memories. The hippocampus (“seahorse”) processes conscious, episodic memories. works with the amygdala to form emotionally charged memories. The Amygdala (“almond”) consists of two lima bean- sized neural clusters. helps process emotions, especially fear and aggression. The Limbic (“Border”) System The limbic system coordinates: 34 The Amygdala Electrical stimulation of a cat’s amygdala provokes aggressive reactions. If you move the electrode very slightly and cage the cat with a mouse, the cat will cower in terror. 35 lies below (“hypo”) the thalamus. regulates body temperature and ensures adequate food and water intake (homeostasis), and is involved in sex drive. directs the endocrine system via messages to the pituitary gland. The Hypothalamus: Thalamus Riddle: Why did the rat cross the grid? Why did the rat want to get to the other side? The Hypothalamus as a Reward Center Pushing the pedal that stimulated the electrode placed in the hypothalamus was much more rewarding than food pellets. 36 Review of Brain Structures 37 The Cerebral Cortex The lobes consist of: 300 billion synaptic connections The brain has left and right hemispheres outer grey “bark” structure that is wrinkled in order to create more surface area for 20+ billion neurons. inner white stuff—axons linking parts of the brain. 180+ billion glial cells, which feed and protect neurons and assist neural transmission. 38 39 The Lobes of the Cerebral Cortex: Preview Frontal Lobes Parietal Lobes Occipital Lobes Temporal Lobes involved in speaking and muscle movements and in making plans and judgments include the sensory cortex include the visual areas; they receive visual information from the opposite visual field include the auditory processing areas Input: Sensory cortex (Left hemisphere section receives input from the body’s right side) Output: Motor cortex (Left hemisphere section controls the body’s right side) Functions of the Brain: The Motor and Sensory Strips  Axons receiving motor signals FROM the cortex Axons sending sensory information TO the cortex 40 Sensory Functions of the Cortex The sensory strip deals with information from touch stimuli. The occipital lobe deals with visual information. Auditory information is sent to the temporal lobe. 41 The Visual Cortex This fMRI scan shows increased activity in the visual cortex when a person looks at a photograph. 42 Association function of the cortex More complex animals have more cortical space devoted to integrating/associating information 43 Association Areas:Frontal Lobes The frontal lobes are active in “executive functions” such as judgment, planning, and inhibition of impulses. The frontal lobes are also active in the use of working memory and the processing of new memories. 44 Phineas Gage (1823-1860) Case study: In a work accident, a metal rod shot up through Phineas Gage’s skull, destroying his eye and part of his frontal lobes. After healing, he was able to function in many ways, but his personality changed; he was rude, odd, irritable, and unpredictable. Possible explanation: Damage to the frontal lobes could result in loss of the ability to suppress impulses and to modulate emotions. 45 Parietal Lobe Association Areas This part of the brain has many functions in the association areas behind the sensory strip: managing input from multiple senses performing spatial and mathematical reasoning monitoring the sensation of movement 46 Temporal Lobe Association Areas Some abilities managed by association areas in this “by the temples” lobe: recognizing specific faces managing sensory input related to sound, which helps the understanding of spoken words 47 Whole-brain Association Activity Whole-brain association activity involves complex activities which require communication among association areas across the brain such as: memory language attention meditation and spirituality consciousness 48 Specialization and Integration Five steps in reading a word aloud: 49 This 6-year-old had a hemispherectomy to end life-threatening seizures; her remaining hemisphere compensated for the damage. Plasticity: The Brain is Flexible If the brain is damaged, especially in the general association areas of the cortex: the brain does not repair damaged neurons, BUT it can restore some functions it can form new connections, reassign existing networks, and insert new neurons, some grown from stem cells 50 Our Two Hemispheres Lateralization (“going to one side”) The two hemispheres serve some different functions. How do we know about these differences? Brain damage studies revealed many functions of the left hemisphere. Brain scans and split brain studies show more about the functions of the two hemispheres, and how they coordinate with each other. 51 Thoughts and logic Details such as “trees” Language: words and definitions Linear and literal Calculation Pieces and details Feelings and intuition Big picture such as “forest” Language: tone, inflection, context Inferences and associations Perception Wholes, including the self The intact but lateralized brainRight-Left Hemisphere Differences Left Hemisphere Right Hemisphere 52 Brain Studies Researchers have studied the impact of this surgery on patients’ functioning. Split- To end severe whole-brain seizures, some people have had surgery to cut the corpus callosum, a band of axons connecting the hemispheres. 53 Split visual field Each hemisphere does not perceive what each EYE sees. Instead, it perceives the half of the view in front of you that goes with the half of the body that is controlled by that hemisphere. 54 55 Divided Awareness in the Split Brain Try to explain the following result: The divided brain in action Talent: people are able to follow two instructions and draw two different shapes simultaneously Drawback: people can be frustrated that the right and left sides do different things 56